GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency...

GPS-12 GPS-12R GPS-12RHS ampGPS-12RG

GPS amp GLONASS GPSFrequency Standards

Userrsquos Manual

II

4031 600 12001 Rev 05 May 2017

copy 2017 Pendulum Instruments Altaria Services

Table of Contents

GENERAL INFORMATION IV

1 PrefaceIntroduction 1-2

2 Preparation for UseSafety Instructions 2-2

Introduction 2-2

Safety Precautions 2-2

Unpacking 2-3

Unpacking Instructions 2-3

Installation 2-4

Supply Voltage 2-4

Power Switch 2-4

Orientation and Cooling 2-5

Fold-down Support 2-5

Rackmount Adapter 2-5

Antenna Installation 2-7

Connecting to a PC 2-7

Disposal of Hazardous Material 2-8

3 Using the ControlsFront Panel 3-2

Rear Panel 3-3

Functional Description 3-4

User Interface 3-4

4 GPS-12 MonitorWhat is GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Requirements 4-2

Versions 4-2

Installation 4-2

Main Features 4-2

5 Performance CheckGeneral Information 5-2

Preparations 5-2

Front Panel Controls 5-3

Front Panel Outputs 5-3

Rear Panel IO 5-3

6 Preventive MaintenanceCalibration 6-2

Fan Replacement 6-3

Battery Replacement 6-3

7 SpecificationsStability 7-2

Options 7-4

Ordering Information 7-8

8 AppendixAntenna Installation 8-2

9 Index

10 ServiceSales and Service Offices 10-II

III

GENERAL INFORMATION

Warranty

The Warranty Statement is part of the folder Important Information that is included with the

shipment

Declaration of Conformity

The complete text with formal statements concerning product identification manufacturer and

standards used for type testing is available on request

Convention of Notation

Most information in this manual is common to all models When the type number is used as a refer-

ence to any of them the designation GPS-12X has been chosen for the sake of simplicity Otherwise

the device is referred to with its proper type number eg GPS-12 or GPS-12RG Sometimes two

type numbers are combined eg GPS-12(R) means GPS-12 and GPS-12R

Figures illustrating the menu screens are generic Where necessary clarifying remarks or additional

figures have been included

GNSS stands for Global Navigational Satellite System and is an acronym that refers to all satel-

lite-based navigational systems In this manual it means either GPS or GLONASS and is for exam-

ple used in the graphical user interface whenever reference to a particular system is not necessary

Front Panel Design

The picture illustrating the front panel in Chapter 3 shows the GPS-12 which is the latest addition

to this product family now consisting of three models During a transition period the other models

will be delivered with their present front panels The two different designs are shown below for in-

formative reasons

IV

ENTER

2048 MHz OUTplusmn12V IN 75

1 PPS OUTPUTTTL

GPS-12 RUBIDIUM FREQUENCY STANDARDR

GPS-12R amp GPS-12RG GPS-12

Chapter 1

Preface

Introduction

Cesium-controlledFrequency via Satellites

The GPS-controlled frequency standards

GPS-12(R) and the GLONASSGPS-con-

trolled frequency standard GPS-12RG deliver a

precision frequency and time reference every-

where in the world They gain their long-term

frequency stability from Cesium standards in

the navigation satellite systems GPS and

GLONASS They are also designed to provide

very high short-term stability and are cost-effi-

cient and extremely accurate frequency

standards

These reference sources are very suitable as fre-

quency standards in the telecommunication and

electronics industry They fit both as stationary

frequency references - for instance in test sys-

tems and as local references in the design depart-

ment - and as portable highly accurate reference

sources for field use

These instruments are off-air frequency stan-

dards with an internal architecture according to

Figure 1-1 They have one antenna input and a

number of optional frequency outputs

There is also an option for disciplining with an

external 1 pps source eg an in-house cesium

standard

Optional IO Boards

The GPS-12X comes as standard with two

20481544 MHz square wave outputs and one

1 pps pulse output with approx 10 micros duration

The GPS-12RG has also 3 x 10 MHz and

1 x 5 MHz outputs See Option 70B below

There are six options to choose from options

70B 71B 72B 73B 74B and 7901 All but the

7901 allow for four extra frequency outputs to

be mounted Any combination of none one or

two of these units is possible Only one

7901can be mounted

Option 70B gives 3 x 10 MHz and 1 x 5 MHz

sine wave outputs 1 VRMS in 50 The

GPS-12RG is as standard equipped with one

such option

Option 71B gives four sine wave outputs

1VRMS in 50 of resp 10 MHz 5 MHz 1

MHz and 01 MHz

Option 72B gives 2 x 2048 MHz clock outputs

plusmn12 V square wave in 75 plus

2 x 2048 Mbps data outputs (G70310) for

telecommunication testing and clock synchro-

nization

Option 73B gives 4 x 13 MHz square wave out-

puts with TTL levels in 50

Option 74B gives 2 x 1544 MHz plus

2 x 1544 Mbps outputs for SONET

applications

Option 7901 gives 2 x 10 MHz sine

wave outputs 1 VRMS in 50 plus

1 x 1 pps output TTL levels in 50

plus 1 x 1 pps disciplining input TTL

levels

1-2

Preface

SatelliteReceiver

Refererence OutPhaseComparator

LocalOscillator

(VCO)

Figure 1-1 Simplified block diagram of the GPS-12X

Reference Oscillators

The GPS-12 is equipped with an oven-con-

trolled crystal oscillator (OCXO) the GPS-12R

has a standard rubidium oscillator and the

GPS-12RHS has a high-stability low phase

noise rubidium oscillator The GPS-12RG is

also equipped with the latter oscillator

Two Operating Modes

The disciplined mode is the default mode It

eliminates long-term frequency drift also

called aging As long as there is a valid satellite

signal the local rubidium oscillator is continu-

ously adjusted to minimize the deviation from

the satellite-derived reference signal

The hold-over mode is entered either automati-

cally if the satellite contact is lost or manually

The automatic adjustment is replaced by the

normal aging characteristics of the rubidium

oscillator

The manual hold-over mode is mainly intended

for the hopefully rare occasions when the satel-

lite contact is sporadic causing unacceptable

mode switching interference

Portability

By means of Option 78 or Option 78HS an in-

ternal rechargeable battery unit it is possible to

maintain stability during transportation as the

internal reference oscillator is continuously

powered

Field use without access to AC line power is

also practicable

Option 78HS has the additional feature of ac-

cepting an external 12 VDC supply Thus it is

possible to realize a true uninterruptible power

supply (UPS) as the DC source and the AC

source can be applied simultaneously The AC

source takes precedence as long as it is present

and so does the external DC supply over the in-

ternal battery which is kept charged by one of

the external sources

In case of a power line failure you will benefit

from double security if you utilize an external

DC source in addition to the AC supply

Stationary Use

Option 77 makes it possible to apply -48 VDC

as an alternative to the standard AC line volt-

age thus allowing permanent use as local fre-

quency standard in telephone exchange sta-

tions AC line voltage and -48 VDC can be ap-

plied at the same time in order to realize a true

uninterruptible power supply (UPS)

Overall Accuracy

The cesium standards of the satellites are con-

trolled by primary frequency standards like the

US Naval Observatory and ultimately to all na-

tional standards (eg NIST NPL PTB SP

etc)

1-3

Preface

This page is intentionally left blank

1-4

Preface

Chapter 2

Preparation for Use

Safety Instructions

IntroductionRead this chapter carefully before you install

and use the instrument

This instrument has been designed and tested

for Measurement Category I Pollution Degree

2 in accordance with ENIEC 61010-12001

and CANCSA-C222 No 61010-1-04 (includ-

ing approval) It has been supplied in a safe

condition The user of this instrument must

have sufficient knowledge of it This knowl-

edge can be gained by thoroughly studying this

manual especially the sections on Safety Pre-

cautions and Installation in this chapter

This instrument is designed to be used by

trained personnel only Removal of the cover

for repair or rack-mounting of the instrument

must be done by qualified personnel who are

aware of the hazards involved There are no

user-serviceable parts inside the instrument

Safety Precautions

All equipment that can be connected to line

power is a potential danger to life Handling re-

strictions imposed on such equipment should

be observed

To ensure the correct and safe operation of this

instrument it is essential that you follow gener-

ally accepted safety procedures in addition to

the safety precautions specified in this manual

The warranty commitments are rendered

void if unauthorized access to the interior of

the instrument has taken place during the

given warranty period

Caution and WarningStatements

CAUTION Shows where incorrect

procedures can cause damage to

or destruction of equipment or

other property

WARNING Shows a potential danger

that requires correct procedures or

practices to prevent personal in-

jury

Symbols

Shows where the protective ground

terminal is connected inside the instru-

ment Never remove or loosen this

screw

This symbol is used for identifying the

functional ground of an IO signal It is

always connected to the instrument

chassis

Indicates that the operator should con-

sult the manual

If in Doubt about Safety

Whenever you suspect that it is unsafe to use

the instrument you must make it inoperative by

doing as follows

ndash Disconnect the line cord

ndash Clearly mark the instrument to prevent its

further operation

ndash Inform your local Pendulum Service Center

For example the instrument is likely to be un-

safe if it is visibly damaged

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

UnpackingInstructionsCheck that the shipment is complete and that no

damage has occurred during transportation If

the contents are incomplete or damaged file a

claim with the carrier immediately Also notify

your local Pendulum sales or service office in

case repair or replacement may be required

Check List

The shipment should contain the following

ndash The frequency standard

ndash A line cord

ndash A CD with PDF manuals for Pendulum

products eg this manual

ndash If you ordered one or two of the output

options (70B 71B 72B 73B 74B) or the

disciplining option (7901) or one of the

DC supply options (77 78 78HS) they

should already be installed See ldquoIdentifi-

cationrdquo below

Note 1 The GPS-12RHS and theGPS-12RG are as standardequipped with one Option 70B

ndash If you ordered one of the DC supply op-

tions (77 78HS) a three-pole power

D-sub socket connector is included that

mates with the corresponding rear panel

pin connector It is intended for making a

wire harness suitable for linking the instru-

ment to an external DC power source

ndash Other options you ordered eg antenna

(option 01) antenna cable (option 02)

rack mount kit (option 22) or carrying

case (option 2727H) are shipped in sepa-

rate boxes

ndash Certificate of Calibration

Identification

Options installed inside the cover are identified

on the rear panel according to the list below Up

to two output boards in any combination can be

fitted at the same time The combined IO board

Option 7901 is an exception Only one such

board can be fitted However it can be com-

bined with any other output board

Option 70B 4 BNC-connectors mounted in the

area designated

Option 77 -48 VDC power supply amp rear panel

power D-sub connector

Option 78 Internal 16 VDC rechargeable bat-

tery for GPS-12(R)

Option 78HS Internal 16 VDC rechargeable

battery amp rear panel power D-sub connector for

ext 12 VDC source Intended for GPS-12RHS

and GPS-12RG

Option 7901 4 BNC-connectors mounted in

the area designated

2-3 Unpacking Instructions

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

The GPS-12X frequency standard can be con-

nected to any AC supply with a voltage rating

of 90 to 265 Vrms 45 to 440 Hz The frequency

standard automatically adjusts itself to the in-

put line voltage

Depending on option chosen the unit can also

be supplied by external DC sources -48 V or

+12 V

Fuse

The secondary supply voltages are electroni-

cally protected against overload or short cir-

cuit The primary line voltage side is protected

by a fuse located on the power supply unit The

fuse rating covers the full voltage range Con-

sequently there is no need for the user to re-

place the fuse under any operating conditions

nor is it accessible from the outside

CAUTION If this fuse is blown it is

likely that the power supply is

badly damaged do not replace the

fuse Send the frequency standard

to the local Pendulum Service Cen-

ter

Grounding

Grounding faults in the line voltage

supply will make any instrument con-

nected to it dangerous Before con-

necting any unit to the power line you must

make sure that the protective ground functions

correctly Only then can a unit be connected to

the power line and only by using a three-wire

line cord No other method of grounding is per-

mitted Extension cords must always have a

protective ground conductor

WARNING If a unit is moved from a

cold to a warm environment con-

densation may cause a shock

hazard Ensure therefore that the

grounding requirements are strictly

met

WARNING Never interrupt the

grounding cord Any interruption

of the protective ground connec-

tion inside or outside the

instrument or disconnection of the

protective ground terminal is likely

to make the instrument dangerous

Power SwitchThis instrument is equipped with a secondary

power switch It disconnects the main

power-consuming circuits on the secondary

side of the power supply but leaves the rubid-

ium oscillator active in order to retain its

long-term characteristics Line voltage is al-

ways present on the primary side

WARNING Always consider the in-

strument active as soon as it is

connected to the primary AC

power source with a power cord

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

Orientation andCoolingThe frequency standard can be operated in any

position desired Make sure the air flow

through the ventilation slots are not obstructed

Leave 50 mm (2 in) of space around the

instrument

CAUTION Never cover the ventila-

tion slots at the right or left side If

the slots are covered the fre-

quency standard will overheat

Fan Control

The speed-controlled fan is used for adjusting

the temperature inside the frequency standard

to compensate for variations in ambient tem-

perature

Fold-down SupportFor bench-top use a fold-down support is

available for use underneath the frequency

standard This support can also be used as a

handle to carry the instrument

RackmountAdapter

If you have ordered a 19 inch rack mount kit for

your instrument it has to be assembled after de-

livery of the instrument The rack mount kit

consists of the following

2 brackets (short left long right)

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

WARNING When you remove the

cover you will expose live parts

and accessible terminals which

can cause death

2-5 Orientation and Cooling

Preparation for Use

Figure 2-1 Air flow through the GPS-12X

Figure 2-2 Fold-down support for comfort-

able bench-top use

Figure 2-3 Dimensions for rackmounting

hardware

WARNING Capacitors inside the in-

strument can hold their charge

even if the instrument has been

separated from all voltage sources

Assembling the RackmountKit

ndash Make sure the power cord is disconnected

from the instrument

ndash Turn the instrument upside down

See Figure 2-4

ndash Undo the two screws (A) and remove

them from the cover

ndash Remove the rear feet by undoing the two

screws (B)

ndash Remove the four decorative plugs (C) that

cover the screw holes on the right and left

side of the front panel

ndash Grip the front panel and gently push at the

rear

ndash Pull the instrument out of the cover

ndash Remove the four feet from the cover

Use a screwdriver as shown in the following il-

lustration or a pair of pliers to remove the

springs holding each foot then push out the

feet

ndash Push the instrument back into the cover

See Figure 2-4

ndash Mount the two rear feet with the screws

(B) to the rear panel

ndash Put the two screws (A) back

ndash Fasten the brackets at the left and right

side with the screws included as illustrated

in Figure 2-6

ndash Fasten the instrument in the rack via

screws in the four rack-mounting holes

The long bracket has an opening so that cables

for Input A B and C can be routed inside the

rack

Reversing the Rackmount Kit

The instrument may also be mounted to the

right in the rack To do so swap the position of

the two brackets

2-6 Rackmount Adapter

Preparation for Use

Figure 2-4 Remove the screws and push

the frequency standard out of

the cover

Figure 2-5 Removing the feet from the

cover

Figure 2-6 Fitting the rackmount brackets

on the counter

AntennaInstallationThe antenna (option 01) is intended for out-

door mounting on a wall or preferably on a

roof The more free sky that is visible from the

antennarsquos position the better the satellite con-

tact There is an antenna mounting kit (Option

0150) available for this purpose

The antenna cable is a 20 m (Option 02) or

50 m (Option 0250) or 130 m (Option 02130)

high quality RG213 cable that connects at one

end to the antenna and at the other end to the

rear panel of the frequency standard For instal-

lation details and instructions on connecting

other antennascables than those supplied by

Pendulum please consult the Appendix in this

manual

Connecting to a PCA PC can be connected to the USB port at the

rear of the instrument for firmware download

or communication with the optional SW pack-

age GPS-12 Monitor A suitable cable should

have one USB-A connector (for the PC) and

one USB-B connector -for the GPS-12X

The procedure is described in the service man-

ual as only trained personnel should do FW up-

grades Erroneous handling of the instrument

before and during the download may damage

the memory contents and prohibit the comple-

tion of the loading process

2-7 Antenna Installation

Preparation for Use

Disposal of Hazardous Material

The basic instrument and all optional units ex-

cept Option 78 and Option 78HS have no bat-

teries or other parts containing hazardous

amounts of substances that require special at-

tention or handling instructions

Option 78 and Option 78HS contain a re-

chargeable NiMH battery pack that serves the

purpose of providing uninterruptible power to

the instrument As all batteries it has a finite

lifetime Although NiMH-based cells are by far

less detrimental to the environment than their

NiCd-based predecessors we strongly recom-

mend to dispose of them by controlled recy-

cling

CAUTION Make sure the battery

pack is recycled according to local

regulations

2-8 Connecting to a PC

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

LCD display with backlight forming the

User Interface (UI) together with the

CURSOR and ENTER keys to the right

The default messages inform the user about

Control Mode (Disciplined or Hold-over)

Satellite Status Alarm Power Source User

Options and TimePosition

POWER ON STANDBY

key A secondary power

switch that ligths up the red

LED above the key in standby

mode

The CURSOR keys (with arrow symbols)

are used for moving the cursor marked by

text inversion around the menus on the

display By pressing the ENTER key you

either confirm a choice or enter a submenu

Back one step by pressing the LEFT AR-

ROW key

BNC Reference Output Connectors

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

The choice is made in the User Options

submenu

Only newer HW versions have the

10 MHz alternative The choice is made in

the User Options submenu

Optional outputs can be found on the rear

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

(N-contact)Power input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

Option 70B sine wave

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

Option 72B square wave

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

Option 73B square wave 4 x 13 MHz

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

Option 7901 1 x 1 pps disciplining input

+ 1 x 1 pps output + 2 x 10 MHz

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

FunctionalDescriptionThe GPS-12X series of frequency standards is

continuously disciplined by control signals

from satellites belonging to the GPS

[GPS-12(R)] or the GLONASSGPS

[GPS-12RG] navigation satellite systems The

signals have very low long-term uncertainty

(510-13

per 24h) and are traceable to different

national standards for time and frequency at

for instance the National Institute of Standards

and Technology (NIST) via the US Naval Of-

fice (USNO) The GPS-12X contains a satellite

receiver module generating a stable 1 pps sig-

nal plus a local voltage-controlled rubidium or

crystal oscillator (OCXO) and a high resolution

measurement kernel that is continuously

phase-comparing the received satellite signal

and the local oscillator This means that the lo-

cal oscillator is continuously monitored and ad-

justed

The GPS-12X can operate in two different

modes Either the local oscillator is free-run-

ning with a frequency offset that increases with

time due to aging or the results of the phase

comparisons are used for adjusting the local os-

cillator thereby compensating for aging These

two modes are called

ndash Hold-over mode (free-running local oscil-

lator)

ndash Disciplined mode (monitored and adjusted

local oscillators)

Disciplined mode is the default mode

Hold-over mode is automatically entered when

the disciplining fails for some reason (eg loss

of satellite contact) Hold-over mode can also

be forced via the User Interface (UI) When the

satellite contact is lost the GPS-12X can not be

continuously controlled (intercompared with

the satellite reference clocks in real time) and

reverts temporarily to hold-over mode specifi-

cations

User Interface

General Principles

The UI is straightforward All interaction be-

tween operator and instrument takes place by

navigating a cursor (marked by text inversion)

on the LCD through a set of text-based menus

The navigating tools are just four arrow keys

UP ( ) DOWN ( ) LEFT ( )

RIGHT ( ) and one ENTER key The differ-

ent menus are described in the fol-

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

This is the menu entered at start-up

and shows the current instrument sta-

tus Here RB-osc is selected and to

the right you can find one of the fol-

lowing short informative texts

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

3-4 Functional Description

Using the Controls

SatelliteReceiver 2048 MHz Outputs

To PC (USB)

PLL-ControlledFrequency Reference Oscillator

(Rubidium or OCXO)1 PPS

1 PPS Output

Output OptOther Frequencies

Output Opt

User Interface (UI)(Front Panel Keyboard amp Display)

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Figure 3-1 The internal high-stability oscillator of the

GPS-12X is continuously compared with

and controlled by the satellite receiver

bull Manual Hold-over

bull Disciplined by GNSS

bull Disciplined by Ext Ref

The normal end message after the transitory

start-up phase which usually lasts less than 20

minutes is Disciplined by GNSS Then we as-

sume that the antenna installation has been per-

formed according to given instructions If Op-

tion 7901 is installed and the instrument is dis-

ciplined by an external 1 pps reference source

then the message is Disciplined by Ext Ref

Oscillator Menu

By pressing you will enter the Osc submenu

indicated by the corresponding label at the top

left corner

Mode

Here you can change the operational mode of

the oscillator If you want to return to the de-

fault menu press By pressing ENTER or

you will be able to select the mode Use or

and confirm your choice by returning to the

previous screen Press

1 pps Offset (GPS12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

Here you can set the time offset of the 1 pps

output signal that is available on the front

panel The range is plusmn999 ns

GNSS Menu

Moving the cursor to GNSS in the default menu

will bring you to the GNSS submenu after

pressing ENTER or

Here you can see your current position and how

many satellites that you are locked to You can

also adjust the antenna delay The GPS-12RG

has three operational modes See the screen be-

low that appears when you enter the Mode

menu Select the mode that gives the best per-

formance at your location

If you want to see a list of all locked satellites

and their status you should move the cursor to

Locked to and then press ENTER or The

menu below will be activated

Antenna Delay (not GPS-12RG)

In order to compensate for the signal delay in-

troduced by the antenna and its connecting ca-

ble the 1 pps reference signal from the GPS re-

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Available only if Option 7901 is installed

ceiver can be shifted in time from this menu If

you donrsquot know the exact delay assume an

approximate value of 5 nsm as a rule of thumb

Alarm Menu

In this menu you can watch and manage the

alarm log You can also set up the alarm behav-

ior

Scroll through the log entries by selecting Log

Then press ENTER or

If you press ENTER or once more you are

given the opportunity to erase the log entries

In the alarm Setup menu you can choose among

a number of alarm sources and decide their

alarm level ie urgent non-urgent or no

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Two relay-controlled alarm loops one for ur-

gent and one for non-urgent situations are

available via a D-sub connector on the rear

panel The normally closed (NC) contacts will

open when the respective alarm criteria are

met Figure 3-2 shows the pin configuration

Power Source Menu

In this menu you can see what power options

are installed and the current status of those op-

tions

Note When the unit is about to enterStandby mode and the battery op-tion is installed the screen below willappear

Only one of the alternative DC power supply

units Option 77 Option 78 or Option 78HS

can be installed All of them can serve as UPS

devices ie you can have external (Option 77)

or internal (Option 78 and Option 78HS) bat-

tery backup for the AC supply Option 77 and

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

ALARM LEVEL CIRCUIT (NC)

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

Figure 3-2 Alarm connector pin

configuration

Option 78HS allow external DC voltage feed

instead of the standard AC line power feed

User Options

From this submenu you can configure miscella-

neous settings and obtain important data on the

instrument and its options

Note The sign at the bottom left cornerindicates that additional informationcan be displayed by scrolling

Language

The instrument UI is prepared for different lan-

guage modules that can be downloaded over

the USB port The standard module comprises

the following languages

bull English

bull German (Deutsch)

bull French (Franccedilais)

bull Spanish (Espantildeol)

bull Turkish (Tuumlrkccedile)

bull Russian ()

There is also a module available containing

Chinese and Japanese English can always be

chosen irrespective of the active language

module

Display Contrast

The adjustment range is 0-100 The optimum

value depends on the angle of view from which

the display is observed

Time Format

The following formats are currently available

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Here you can enter the local time zone to adjust

the clock display The increment is 05 h

Front Panel Outputs

Switch between 2048 MHz and 1544 MHz

About

Information about the instrument eg installed

options and firmware version

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

What is GPS-12MonitorGPS-12 Monitor is an optional software pack-

age allowing full remote control and monitor-

ing of the instrument from a PC over the

USB-B connector on the rear panel

Requirements

Hardware

CPU 1 GHz RAM 256 MB HD free space

10 MB if MicrosoftNET Framework installed

else 500 MB USB interface V 10 or later ca-

ble with USB-A connector at one end and

USB-B connector at the other

Software

Operating system Win 2K XP Vista Win7 32

or 64 bit

Libraries MicrosoftNET Framework V 20 or

later

Versions

Emulator

By downloading the unregistered version from

our website wwwpendulum-instrumentscom

you can get acquainted with the basic features

of the instrument without having the actual

hardware

The emulator mode offers the operator the op-

portunity to choose among a number of differ-

ent setups The monitor screen mirrors the real

front panel so you can operate the virtual in-

strument with the PC mouse just about the same

way as you press the keys on the real instru-

ment

User

If you want to be able to control the GPS-12X

remotely you have to buy a license key that

opens up all the features of the monitor pro-

gram You donrsquot have to download and install

another version of the software See License

Registration below

InstallationOpen the downloaded installation file and fol-

low the on-screen instructions given by the in-

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

The installer checks the PC for the operating

system and the service packs necessary to in-

stall the application It also looks for other nec-

essary programs and verifies your user rights

Any shortcomings are reported Make sure

your PC meets the requirements under Software

above before starting the installer

License Registration

GPS-12 Monitor is a proprietary application

program so in order to use all features it must

be registered by means of a license key entered

under the Help menu After entering a correct

license key the program will be restarted auto-

matically in order to recognize and apply the

changes

Main Features

bull Collecting and presenting devicedata

bull Setting up device parameters

bull Taking snapshots of the devicescreen

bull Uploading firmware and languagepacks

4-2 What is GPS-12 Monitor

GPS-12 Monitor

bull Checking for updates

Collecting and PresentingDevice Data

User Mode

GPS-12 Monitor collects and displays data

from the GPS-12X Normally the libraries in-

cluded in the operating system are enough to

run the application Several instruments can be

connected simultaneously for easy selection

but only one at a time can be operated from the

application Switching between local mode and

remote mode is done by toggling the green

power key on the monitor screen Remote

mode is indicated by an inverted R at the top

right corner of the display

Emulator Mode

This mode selected under Tools is mainly in-

tended for demonstration purposes as no hard-

ware of any kind is necessary It allows evalua-

tion of different options for instance and is in-

dicated by an inverted E at the top left corner of

the display Use the form under Tools Emula-

tor Options for selection of options

Setting Up DeviceParameters

Properties and parameters that can be adjusted

are grouped in a number of forms named after

the headings on the display eg Alarm options

Mark the different properties and make the nec-

essary changes Confirm the complete form by

pressing OK or discard all changes by pressing

Cancel

Some forms eg GPS GNSS options require

that you press the Edit button on the toolbar to

enter Edit mode Press Edit again to return and

OK to confirm the new values

Taking Snapshots of theDevice Screen

If you are in local mode and want to save the

current screen contents as a bitmap picture file

then you can start GPS-12 Monitor and go to

Tools Snapshot to catch the moment Select

a suitable file format and save the file

Uploading Firmware andLanguage Packs

The firmware is the main program of the instru-

ment and the language packs are resource files

containing strings for menus and values in a

number of languages These files are resident in

a Flash EPROM and can be updated when

newer versions are available Go to Tools

Loader Find the new downloaded hex files

and upload them one at a time by pressing

Open Follow the instructions on the screen

Note 1 During uploading you must notswitch off the instrument or close theapplication until the loader reportsthat it is ready

Note 2 If running on battery make sure it isfully loaded before starting theuploading

Checking for Updates

GPS-12 Monitor is designed to check for newer

application software automatically at intervals

decided by the user Go toTools Options

Updates to set a value between 1 and 30

days You can also check for updates manually

whenever you want by going to Help Check

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

WARNING Before turning on the in-

strument ensure that it has been

installed in accordance with the In-

stallation Instructions outlined in

Chapter 1 of the Userrsquos Manual

This performance procedure is intended for in-

coming inspection to determine the acceptabil-

ity of newly purchased instruments or when-

ever a quick test is convenient

Note The procedure does not check everyfacet of the instrument It is con-cerned primarily with those parts ofthe instrument which are essential fordetermining the function of the instru-ment

Note This GNSS-controlled FrequencyReference does not need to be sentaway for frequency calibration Theinstrument is continuously monitoredand adjusted by means of the GNSSsignal as long as there is sufficientsatellite contact and the active oper-ating mode is not Hold-over

It is not necessary to remove the instrument

cover to perform this procedure

Recommended TestEquipment

ndash DSO with 50 input

ndash Pendulum CNT-90 timercounter

ndash A calibrated 1 5 or 10 MHz reference

source with at least rubidium characteris-

tics

The GPS-controlled Pendulum GPS-89 or

Fluke 910R is a suitable choice as it can

also be used for the calibration procedure

described in Chapter 5 Preventive Mainte-

nance

Preparations

Connect the antenna including cable to the an-

tenna input (rear) Make sure the antenna posi-

tion is satisfactory

Power-On Test

Connect the AC power cord to the instrument

and the line power outlet The instrument shall

automatically enter Operating mode indicated

by the following characteristics

bull The display backlight shall be lit

bull The default screen shall be visible

laquo Note the message Warming Upon the first line

bull The Standby LED shall not be lit

bull The fan shall start

Wait until the instrument shows the messages

Disciplined by GNSS and Locked to X satel-

lites where Xgt2 It will normally take less than

20 minutes

Press the PowerStandby key to see if the in-

strument enters Standby mode indicated by the

following characteristics

bull The red Standby LED shall be lit

bull The display shall go out

bull The fan shall stop

bull The rubidium oscillator is still pow-ered

The state of the rubidium oscillator can not be

observed directly but when you power up the

instrument again to proceed with the perfor-

mance check you can see from the accompany-

ing display message that the Warming Up phase

is very short Consequently the startup process

will be accelerated accordingly

Power up your instrument at least 30 minutes

before continuing This will allow the instru-

ment to reach normal operating temperature

5-2 General Information

Performance Check

and go into Disciplined by GNSS mode with ad-

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

1 Make sure the default menu is visible See

page 3-4 Check that the cursor (marked by

text inversion) can be moved upwards and

downwards with the UPDOWN arrows

and that you can enter submenus with the

RIGHT ARROW key and return from the

submenu with the LEFT ARROW key

2 Select Osc and press ENTER twice Make

sure you see the screen below

3 Return to the default menu by pressing the

LEFT ARROW key twice

Front PanelOutputs

Connect the reference frequency source to the

EXT REF input on the rear panel of the CNT-90

counter and recall the default settings

2048 1544 MHz

Select 2048 MHz via User Options and follow

the test directions below Then select

1544 MHz and repeat the test

ndash Connect a DSO with 75 inputs to both

the 2048 1544 MHz outputs one at a

time

ndash Verify that the signal is a square wave

and that the low level is -12 V plusmn 10

and the high level +12 V plusmn 10

ndash Connect the counter and verify that the

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

The default value is 1 pps but can be changed to

10 MHz under the menu User Options on the

start screen See note

1 pps

Connect a DSO with 50 inputs to the output

Verify that the signal is a rectangular pulse train

with a pulse width of approx 10 100 or 133 micros

depending on the oscillator optionand that the

low level is lt09V and the high level gt18V

Connect the counter and verify that the fre-

quency is 1Hz plusmn 1 microHz

10 MHz

Use the same test setup as above Select

10 MHz under User Options The pulse width

should now be approx 50 ns and the frequency

10 MHz plusmn 001 Hz

Note Only newer HW versions have the10 MHz alternative

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

(3 x 10 MHz amp 1 x 5 MHz)

Connect a DSO with 50 inputs to all BNC

connectors one at a time Verify that the four

output signals are sinusoidal and that the volt-

age is at least 1 Vrms Connect the counter and

verify that the frequency is 10 MHz plusmn 001 Hz

resp 5 MHz plusmn 0005 Hz

5-3 Front Panel Controls

Performance Check

Option 71B

(01 amp 1 amp 5 amp 10 MHz)

age is at least 1Vrms Connect the counter and

5 MHz plusmn 0005 Hz 1 MHz plusmn 0001 Hz and 01

MHz plusmn 00001 Hz respectively

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

connectors one at a time Verify that the output

signal is a rectangular pulse train with an ampli-

tude of plusmn12 V plusmn 012V Connect the counter

and verify that the frequency at the two clock

outputs is 2048 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz The ampli-

tude at the two data outputs can be checked in

the same way For a quick check of the validity

of the encoded HDB-3 data do like this

ndash Connect the data outputs one at a time to

Input A on the counter and measure ac-

cording to the procedure below

ndash Recall the default settings and make these

alterations in the INPUT A menu

ndash DC coupling

ndash 50 input impedance

ndash Trig 75

ndash Select MEAS FUNC Period

Single A

ndash Select STATistics

The result should be the clock period time mul-

tiplied by four ie 4 x 488 = 1952 plusmn 2 ns

Standard Deviation lt 1 ns

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

connectors one at a time Verify that the signal

is a square wave and that the low level is

lt09 V and the high level gt18 V Connect the

counter and verify that the frequency is

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

(-48 VDC from ext source)

ndash Disconnect the line power cord

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

ndash Connect 48 VDC to the power D-sub con-

nector with the plus pole to the ground pin

and the minus pole to the pin marked

-48VDC Use the mating D-sub socket

connector that is included with the

instrument

ndash Check that the instrument behaves in the

same way as when it is connected to line

power only

ndash Reconnect the line power cord and dis-

connect the 48 V source temporarily

ndash Check that the instrument behaves nor-

mally

ndash Reconnect the 48 V source while the in-

strument is still operating off line power

mally

ndash Disconnect the line power cord and check

that the instrument continues to work

without interruption (UPS function)

Option 78 amp Option 78HS

(Int battery backup amp ext 12 VDC)

ndash Connect the instrument to line power and

press the PowerStandby button to enter

Standby mode The red LED above the

button shall light up

ndash Let the internal battery charge for 3 hours

Then it will reach about 80 of its capac-

ityNote It will take another 21 hours for the

battery to reach full capacity if it wascompletely discharged from the be-ginning

ndash Disconnect the power cord and switch on

the instrument

mally and is operative for about 90 min-

utes

Option 78HS only

nector with the minus pole to the ground

pin and the plus pole to the pin marked

+12VDC Use the mating D-sub socket

connector that is included with the instru-

ment

power only

ndash Let the internal battery charge for about

half an hour

ndash Disconnect the 12 V source

ndash Check that the instrument continues to

work without interruption (UPS function)

Both Options

ndash Reconnect the line power cord

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

(1 x 1 pps in amp 1 x 1 pps out amp

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

ndash Disconnect the GPS antenna

ndash Connect a stable 1 pps TTL source to the

1 pps input on the option board

ndash Select External 1 pps from the Osc

submenu on the front panel

ndash Return to the main menu

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

ndash Wait until the instrument shows the

message Disciplined by 1 pps It will nor-

mally take less than 20 minutes

1 pps Out

The 1 pps output can be tested in the same way

as the 1 pps front panel output See above

10 MHz Out

The two 10 MHz outputs can be tested in the

same way as Option 71B See above

Alarm Output

ndash Make sure the instrument is in Standby

Mode

ndash Measure the resistance between pin 8 and

pin 9 on the D-SUB alarm connector

Expected result open circuit (near infin-

ity)

ndash Switch on the instrument

Expected result closed circuit (near zero)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

CalibrationCalibration and adjustment in the traditional

sense are not necessary as long as the instru-

ment is operating in disciplined mode Then the

internal rubidium timebase is continuously

monitored and forced to follow the cesium

clocks of the navigational satellites These

clocks are traceable to for instance NIST and

USNO Thus the normal aging characteristics

of the internal timebase will be concealed

However if the device is operating in hold-over

mode for long periods the aging characteristics

are no longer concealed Then you may need to

reset the timebase from time to time by letting

the device operate in disciplined mode for at

least 48 hours See also next paragraph

Calibration Intervals

Normally it is quite adequate to check the fre-

quency deviation between one of the reference

outputs and a corresponding independent ce-

sium-controlled reference source once a year

using the procedure described below Shorter

intervals may be necessary if the main operat-

ing mode is hold-over and the allowed devia-

tion is less than the specified annual aging See

the timebase specifications to collect the data

for these calculations

Equipment

ndash The DUT (Device Under Test)

ndash TimerCounter Pendulum CNT-90

ndash A GPS-controlled reference frequency

source capable of generating both 2048

MHz and alternatively 1 5 or 10 MHz at

an amplitude between 01 and 5 Vrms in

50 It should also have a traceable cali-

bration history The Pendulum GPS-89

with Option 72 is apt to the task

ndash BNC cables of suitable lenghts

Note There are several ways to performthis checkup depending on availableequipment The setup and proceduredescribed in the next paragraphs arebased on the list above

Setup

ndash Connect the reference source (1 5 or

10 MHz) to the EXT REF input on the

counter

ndash Connect one of the 2048 MHz outputs on

the front panel of the DUT to Input A on

the counter

ndash Connect the 2048 MHz reference source

to Input B on the counter

ndash Find a good antenna position and connect

the antenna to the DUT Power up the

DUT and the reference source at least 24

hours before starting the verification pro-

cedure Make sure the GPS contact is es-

tablished and the system is working within

15 minutes after the DUT was switched

on

ndash Power up the timercounter at least one

hour before starting the verification proce-

dure

Procedure

Note Each key depression is not describedhere See the Operators Manual forthe timercounter if you need moreinformation

ndash Recall the default settings of the counter

ndash Set the trigger level to Man 00 V on both

Input A and Input B

ndash Set the measuring time to 10 s

ndash Check that the frequency is 2048 MHz plusmn

001 Hz

ndash Change measurement function to Time In-

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

Preventive Maintenance

ndash Set Number of Samples to 2 Pacing Time

to 100 s and Pacing to ON in the SET-

TINGS menu

ndash Select STAT (statistics) and HOLD

ndash Press RESTART

ndash Wait for the measurement to finish after

100 s (marked by HOLD appearing at

the upper right corner of the display)

Check that Max and Min are both posi-

tive Otherwise press RESTART again to

repeat the measurement

ndash Note the P-P value that equals the abso-

lute difference between the maximum and

the minimum time interval error value

(TIE) and calculate the equivalent rela-

tive frequency deviation

f = TIE 100

Acceptance criterion

f calculated according to the expression above

should be less than 2 x 10-12

ndash Change the DUT mode to Manual

Hold-over

ndash Press RESTART and note the intermediate

result for sample 1 ie before the mea-

surement ends after 100 s

ndash Wait 24 h

ndash Calculate the absolute difference between

the two results (TIE)

ndash Calculate f = TIE 86400

Fan ReplacementIf your frequency reference is operating

24hday you need to replace the fan every 5

years to maintain high reliability For part-time

applications and low ambient temperatures an

extended service interval is acceptable

Fan replacement requires no special tools

(screwdrivers only) The part number of the re-

placement fan is 4031 105 02850

BatteryReplacementThere are no batteries in the basic instrument

Option 78 and Option 78HS have a NiMH bat-

tery pack that is specially adapted to its pur-

pose It must not be replaced by anything else

but the original part the order number of which

is 4031 100 67190

Replacement is recommended when the battery

operating time falls short of one hour provided

the battery pack has been charged in standby

mode for at least 24 hours

Dispose of the old battery pack according to lo-

cal recycling regulations See also page 2-8

6-3 Fan Replacement

6-4 Battery Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

01 1 5 amp 10 MHz Outputs

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

Allan dev 20-26 degC1

OCXO Standard Rb HS Rb2

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

( 1 s) lt2times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

(offset) 1 Hz lt-90 lt-75 lt-85

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Warm-up to lock ( +25 degC) NA 8 min 11 min

Warm-up ( +25 degC) 15 min to 5times10-8

12 min to 5times10-10

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

Note 1 Allan deviation data given for bothGNSS mode and hold-over mode ap-plies after 72 h of continuous opera-tion

Note 2 The GPS-12RHS also includes thelow noise output Option 70B in orderto make its extraordinary characteris-tics available to the user

Note 3 Long-term frequency stability datagiven for hold-over mode applies af-ter a 30-day settling period duringwhich the oscillator has been operat-ing continuously

Note 4 After 72 h of continuous operation

Note 5 Locked to GNSS

Note 6 Position Hold

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

Temp (0 degC +50 degC) lt2times10-9

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

lt1 ns rms lt1 ns rms lt1 ns rms

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

plusmn120 ns plusmn120 ns -5 to +45 ns

Hold-over drift per 24 h

(within plusmn2 degC)

lt20 micros lt1 micros lt1 micros

Standard Reference Outputs

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

3 x BNC on the front panel

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

Square wave plusmn12 V plusmn 10

in 75 (G70310)

See Note 1 on page 7-7

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 0 V hellip 5 V unloaded

Appr 0 V hellip 20 V in 50

Appr 10 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12RHS or

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Appr 50 ns (10 Mpps)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

9-p male D-Sub 1 loop for

urgent alarm 1 loop for

non-urgent alarm

relay open alarm mode

relay closed normal mode

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Sine wave gt1 VRMS in 50

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Note The GPS-12RHS and theGPS-12RG are as standardequipped with one Option 70B

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

Square wave plusmn12 V 10

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Option 73B Outputs(not GPS-12RG)

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

Square wave TTL in 50

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

External DC Supply (-48 VDC)

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Internal Backup Battery

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

(Bat loaded to 100 )

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

3 h to 80 of capacity

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

Inlet protected against

overvoltage and wrong po-

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

Power Source Priority

1 AC line voltage supply

2 External DC supply

3 Internal battery

Option 78HS only An external 12 VDC

source can charge the internal battery as well as

power the instrument in normal mode The bat-

tery is also being charged when the instrument

is connected to AC line power

This means that you can get double UPS

backup security in case of AC power break-

down provided an external DC source is also

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Reference Outputs amp

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

1 pps for ext disciplining

(See also Note 2 on page 7-7)

Square wave TTL

LO lvl 08 V HI lvl 20 V

Impedance approx 1 k

Controls

User Interface

Power

LCD supported by 4 cursor

keys and 1 ENTER key

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

Red LED above the key is

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

Resolution-T [GPS-12(R)]

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

conductor for feeding

active antenna and line

amplifiers

12 parallel tracking

L1 CA

Antenna (Option 0100)

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

active GPS only L1 band

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Antenna Cable (Option 02)

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

type N and TNC (male)

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

FW loading amp remote moni-

toring and control

See Option 2912 (GPS-12

Monitor) and Chapter 4

Fan

Internal with temperature-controlled speed

Display

Monochrome LCD with backlight Resolution

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

1 See frequency stability specs for therelevant oscillator type and operatingmode (GNSS-locked or hold-over)

2 Approximately 0 - 5 V into an openoutput 0 - 2 V into a 50 load

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

0degC+50degC (operating)

-40degC+70degC (storage)

95 RH 0degC+30degC

(operating amp storage)

lt4600 m (operating)

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

MIL-T-28800D Class 3

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Style D Bench handling

Compliant with CE

EN 61010-1 2nd edition

Cat II Pollution degree 2

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

Dimensions and Weight

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

Net 31 kg (66 lbs) ship-

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt30 W cont operation

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

1 x 1 pps 10 MHz std outp

OCXO frequency reference

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Std Rb frequency reference

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

rear panel std outputs

HS Rb frequency reference

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receivfor GLONASSGPS

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps outputs

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

-48 V external DC supply

Internal battery backup

Internal battery backup w ex-

ternal DC connector for charg-

ing and continuous operation

1 x 1 pps disciplining input +

1 x 1 pps output + 2 x 10 MHz

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

Standard in the GPS-12RHS

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

GPS-12RHS amp GPS-12RG

None of the options above is retrofittable

which means that they must be ordered for fac-

tory installation together with the basic unit

Up to two of the options designated 7XB can be

fitted at the same time in any combination eg

2 x Option 70B or Option 71B + Option 74B

Note Only one Option 7901 can be fittedIf Option 7901 is ordered only oneadditional 7XB option can be or-dered

Included Accessories

Users Manual in PDF on CD

Calibration certificate

18 months warranty

7-8 Ordering Information

Specifications

Options

Optional Accessories

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

19rdquo rack mount kit

Soft carrying case

Heavy duty hard transport

case

GPS-12 Monitor Control amp

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna mounting kit

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Extended warranty 3 years

Printed Users Manual (PDF

file included as standard)

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

When installing an antenna for the satellite con-

trolled frequency standards GPS-12X some

basic facts should be considered relating to an-

tennas and radio reception properties The theo-

retical and practical discussions below will

help you to make the right decisions

Pendulum supplies satellite antennas and an an-

tenna mounting kit as well as cable assemblies

of different lengths Other system components

that may be necessary to meet your require-

ments are readily available from vendors of

GNSS antenna equipment

It is important to observe that deviations from

the recommended normal solution may se-

verely impair the performance of the overall

system unless the user has acquired the knowl-

edge necessary to design a configuration of his

own General guidelines to good system design

are given in this section of the handbook but

the user is entirely responsible for adequate

performance in this case

Available Options forAntenna Installation

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

GPS antenna w Type TNC

fem connector

GLONASSGPS antenna w

Type TNC fem connector

Antenna mounting kit for wall

or pole mounting

Option 02 Antenna cable 20 m (Opt

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

130 m (Opt 02130) with Type

TNC male connector at one

end and Type N male at the

other

General Guidelines to GoodAntenna Location

The general rule that applies to all installations

working in or near the microwave frequency

bands is that it should be possible to see the

transmitter from the receiver antenna position

When dealing with terrestrial radio communi-

cation it is a great advantage to place both the

transmitter antenna and the receiver antenna as

high as possible The effective line-of-sight dis-

tance increases with the square root of the

height above ground

The satellite-based transmitters are however

moving targets in the sky and require in part

new rules of thumb Moreover you need at

least see more than two satellites simulta-

neously irrespective of the point of time to get

stable time readings The receiver can have

contact with 12 GPS or 16 GLONASS satellites

at the same time but in practice three is enough

for timing purposes when the receiver is sta-

tionary

It is not certain that an elevated location is an

advantage unless it is the only way to see as

much of the sky as possible including the hori-

zon in most directions On the contrary loca-

tion on the ground could be more efficient from

a technical point of view if you do not have to

consider certain negative factors like the risk of

physical damage and the influence of snow and

ice on the antenna efficiency

Other conditions to be taken into account are

multi-path reception and interference from

high-frequency signal sources nearby All these

Appendix

considerations could force you to find a place for

the antenna situated far from the receiver and

high above ground level We will discuss these

matters presently but the implication in brief is

that new system components may have to be in-

troduced like low-loss coaxial cables and line

amplifiers

Coping with Interference

There are mainly two sources of interference

that may affect the location of the antenna

They will be treated below Careful inspection

of the proposed site can often reveal the most

apparent ones

Multi-path Reception

Reflections from metal surfaces nearby can

cause the wanted signal to enter the antenna

from two or more directions with more or less

equal strength Then the phase relationship de-

termines whether the resulting signal will be

amplified or attenuated At worst it can vanish

Since the GNSS satellites are not stationary the

conditions can be compared to the fading prob-

lem on the shortwave bands The directive sen-

sitivity of the antenna resembles a hemisphere

with its base plane going horizontally through

the antenna provided it is mounted vertically

on top of a mast Therefore you must avoid lo-

cations near reflective surfaces beside or above

the antenna

High-frequency Interference

Strong signal sources in the vicinity like cellu-

lar radio transmitters can cause interference or

saturation in the antenna amplifier Even

though the systems do not operate at the same

frequency the problem has still been observed

from time to time and must not be neglected

Standard Configuration

The majority of installations can do with the

standard configuration consisting of one

satellite antenna one 20-m antenna cable and

the frequency reference itself the GPS-12X In

many cases the distance between the antenna

and the receiver could be less than 20 m

Normally excessive cable length is easy to tol-

erate Do not shorten the cable unless abso-

lutely necessary because the high antenna gain

of 36 dB requires the signal to be attenuated by

at least 6 dB before entering the receiver

Deviations from the StandardConfiguration

General Principles

The system configurations that cannot directly

use the standard options provided by Pendulum

can be listed in different ways One simple

method of classification used here is to isolate a

number of cases and treat them separately If

several steps have to be taken to arrive at a solu-

tion that satisfies all requirements then it

should be possible to derive the individual

components from the list by means of combina-

tion The method is illustrated by some practi-

cal examples later in this chapter

The most important design parameter is the ca-

ble loss at the receiving frequency There are a

number of cable types to choose from but for

the sake of simplicity one normal and one

low-loss type have been selected

Cable type Attenuation per 100 m

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

The common laboratory cable RG-58 has been

excluded as its losses only allow relatively

Appendix

short distances between antenna and receiver It

is more flexible however and might be utilized

with care if you are fully aware of its charac-

teristics

Remaining parameters to consider are

Antenna gain

Guard band

Total external gain at

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

When designing your own antenna installation

you must check that the gain at the receiver in-

put is within limits according to the above ta-

ble That is you must check that

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ total amplification

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

The distance between antenna and

receiver exceeds 20 m but not 55 m

ndash Use a coaxial cable of type RG-213 or

cascade two or three pieces of option 02

by means of adapters Note that normal

adapters are not weatherproof and should

be placed indoors Normally there is little

to gain by using a low-loss cable in this

case but see example 1 below RG-213 is

more inexpensive and flexible

ndash Use a low-loss coaxial cable of type LMR

400 or equivalent

ndash Use a line amplifier with a nominal gain

of 20 dB plus low-loss coaxial cable of

type LMR 400 or equivalent The ampli-

fier must accept a fixed +5 V supply volt-

age fed through the central conductor of

the coaxial cable The maximum input

power for linear operation should be at

least ndash6 dBm and the noise figure should

be less than 2 dB

receiver is in the range 245-360 m

ndash Use two cascaded line amplifiers (20 dB

each) plus low-loss coaxial cable of type

LMR 400 or equivalent

Better protection against lightning

strikes needed

Lightning protection is a wide field and cannot

be covered more than superficially in this man-

ual If the building is situated in a risk area a

general survey of the overall house protection

might be needed Especially lightning rods near

the GPS antenna mounting mast should be in-

spected Make sure that the antenna is far from

being the highest point and as a precaution

ground the mounting mast as if it were part of

the ordinary lightning rod system

There are several conditions that may call for a

separate lightning arrester to support the

built-in antenna protection

ndash The cable length outside the building ex-

ceeds

15 m

ndash An elevated antenna position with no effi-

cient lightning rods nearby

ndash Areas where the frequency of thunder-

storms is significantly higher than normal

Appendix

ndash Extra safety wanted due to sensitive andor

expensive equipment being connected to

the GPS timebase system

A lightning arrestor should be mounted inside

the building close to the cable entry point

Harsh environmental conditions

Snow and ice on the surface of the antenna can

significantly reduce the effective sensitivity by

as much as 6 dB You could for instance utilize

an electrically heated radome to house the an-

tenna unit to avoid the attenuation effects of

this environmental influence

Other weather conditions having negative in-

fluence on the system sensitivity are heavy rain

and fog The attenuation effects are normally

covered by the 3 dB guard band used in the cal-

culations

Four Practical Examples

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

The cable length indoors ie after the lightning

arrester must be at least 8 m otherwise the pro-

tective function may not be guaranteed So you

have to make the cable 3 m longer indoors The

effective cable length will be 55 m instead This

is the upper limit for the standard RG-213 ca-

ble under normal climatic conditions

Calculation of total gain at the receiver input

using a RG-213 cable with an attenuation of

040 dBm (40 dB per 100 m) under normal

environmental conditions

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

This gain figure is exactly at the lower permis-

sible level at the receiver input

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

The cable length 55 m is the upper limit for the

standard RG-213 cable under normal environ-

mental conditions

But snow and ice on the surface of the antenna

can attenuate the signal by 6 dB

Let us calculate total gain at the receiver input

for a RG-213 cable taking the snow and ice

factor into consideration

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

The latter figure should be in the range 11 ndash 33

dB so the additional 6 dB loss due to extreme

weather conditions requires the use of a

low-loss cable eg LMR400 having an attenu-

ation of 017 dBm (17 dB per 100m) This

gives the following total gain

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

This gain value is well within the acceptable

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

130 m (120 m indoors)

no

normal

Solution

As this cable length suggests the use of a line

amplifier let us check that the total gain at the

receiver input does not exceed the maximum

value allowed +33 dB

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

This calculation means that if the weather is

fine and the antenna gain is at its positive toler-

ance level then the signal should be attenuated

by at least 4 dB to avoid overloading the re-

ceiver input An external 6 dB attenuator di-

rectly on the input connector takes care of the

problem

As the cable length outside the building is not

more than 10 m (limit 15 m) a lightning arrester

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

This is a typical two-amplifier configuration A

worst-case calculation using a LMR400 cable

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

In other words 325 m is close to the upper limit

of the cable length if the weather conditions

are much worse than average Otherwise you

could expect another 35 m It is not recom-

mended to cascade more than two amplifiers to

obtain even greater cable lengths due to the risk

of saturation or other non-linear behavior If

need be use a single tuned amplifier designed

for the calculated total gain

Since the cable length outside the building is

substantial it is strongly recommended to use a

lightning arrester even if the location of the an-

tenna is well protected from direct lightning

strikes Induced high voltages must not be ne-

glected Sensitive equipment without

over-voltage protection can easily be destroyed

in this way

Appendix

Auxiliary Components on theMarket

This is a summary of system components that

may be necessary to complete an installation

tailored to your individual needs These com-

ponents are supplied by a large number of man-

ufacturers worldwide

If any of these parts have to be mounted out-

doors make sure they have an adequate tem-

perature range They must also be specified as

weatherproof Otherwise they have to be

housed in boxes that can withstand the local cli-

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

ndash Used for transferring the RF signal from

the antenna unit to the receiver sometimes

via other system components Active de-

vices like line amplifiers and the antenna

unit itself are also supplied with DC power

through this cable

Only high-quality 50 cables should be used

preferably RG-213 for normal use and LMR

400 when long distances have to be bridged

Coaxial Adapters

ndash Used for interconnecting system compo-

nents employing different connector stan-

dards

All major connector manufacturers also supply

a large variety of adapters Note that most

adapters require additional protection if

mounted outdoors or in places with high hu-

midity

Line Amplifiers

ndash Used for compensation of cable losses

Normally wide-band amplifiers with moderate

gain are used but in special cases tuned

high-gain amplifiers may be more suitable for

example when very long cable lengths are nec-

essary

Maximum two amplifiers can be inserted in the

signal path before the loss seen from the an-

tenna exceeds 6 dB The distance between the

antenna and the first line amplifier should be as

short as possible and not more than about 35 m

giving a loss of 35017 6 dB if a low-loss

cable is used

If this basic rule is followed the noise figure of

the total system is almost entirely set by the

first amplifier stage in this case the active an-

tenna itself The noise of the line amplifiers can

then normally be neglected

Power Splitters

ndash Used for dividing the signal from the an-

tenna between two or more timing receiv-

ers

There are both passive and active splitters the

latter often being line amplifiers with more than

one output A passive power splitter has a fixed

insertion loss for instance 6 dB with the resis-

tive type whereas the active types often have

no loss or even a low gain

Attenuators

ndash Used for adapting the signal level at the

input of the receiver input

There are both fixed and variable attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ndash Passive devices for diverting over-voltages

to ground thus protecting sensitive equip-

ment connected to the output of the light-

ning arrester

Such a device should be mounted inside the

building close to the cable entry point It re-

quires a good ground connection through a 4

AWG copper wire or a braided copper strap

Appendix

with the corresponding cross-section area It

must be a minimum cable length of 8 m after

the lightning arrester to guarantee its proper

function

Remember that the antenna and the lightning

arrester primarily protect the equipment later in

the chain They may be destroyed themselves

Consequently it is recommended to keep these

components as replacement parts if minimum

downtime is important

Mounting Masts

ndash Used for securing the antenna unit At the

same time the coaxial connectors are pro-

tected from both mechanical and environ-

mental influence

Pipes with 1-14 UNS thread suitable as masts

can often be obtained from retailers selling boat

gear

Pendulum offers the accessory option 0150 an

antenna mounting kit for wall or pole mount-

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps 10 MHz Check 5-3

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Alarm Output Check 5-6

Alarm Outputs 3-6 7-4

Antenna (Option 01) 7-6

Antenna Cable (Option 02) 7-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Antenna Installation 2-7 8-2

Available Options 8-2

Case Classification 8-4

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Protection against Lightning Strikes 8-4

Standard Configuration 8-3

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

Auxiliary Components 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Cesium Standards 1-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Adapters 8-7

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

Dimensions and Weight 7-7

Display Contrast 3-7

EEnvironmental Conditions 8-5

Environmental Data 7-7

External DC Supply (-48 V) 7-5

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

Front Panel Outputs 3-7 5-3

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

HHigh-frequency Interference 8-3

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Included Accessories 7-8

Installation 2-4

Internal Backup Battery 7-5

Introduction 1-2

KKeyboard and Indicator Test 5-3

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Lightning Arresters 8-7

Line Amplifiers 8-7

Long-term Uncertainty 3-4

MMounting Masts 8-8

Multi-path Reception 8-3

NNational Standards 1-3

OOption 01 (Antenna) 7-6

Option 02 (Antenna Cable) 7-6

Option 70B

3x10 MHz + 1x5 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Internal Battery (spec) 7-5

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz Out amp 1 pps IO (spec) 7-6

Check 5-5

Optional Accessories 7-9

Optional IO Boards 1-2

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Performance Check 5-1

Power Consumption 7-7

Power Source Menu 3-6

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Practical Examples 8-5

Preface 1-1

Preparation for Use 2-1

Preventive Maintenance 6-1

RRackmount Adapter 2-5

Rear Panel 3-3

Rear Panel Outputs 5-3

Recommended Test Equipment 5-2

Reference Outputs amp Disciplining Input 7-6

SSafety Instructions 2-2

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Standard Reference Outputs 7-4

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

Using the Controls 3-1

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

Sales and Service Office

For additional product information customer support and service please contact Pendulum at the following addresses

II

Altaria Services Sp zooulLotnicza 37 80-297 BaninoPoland

Office AddressAs above

Shipping AddressAs above

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

E-mailservicependulumse

Internetwwwpendulumse

Table of Contents
- GENERAL INFORMATION IV
- 1 Preface
- - Introduction 1-2
  - - 2 Preparation for Use
    - - Safety Instructions 2-2
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        3 Using the Controls
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        What is GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        General Information 5-2
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        6 Preventive Maintenance
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        Sales and Service Offices 10-II
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        Environmental Conditions 8-5
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        High-frequency Interference 8-3
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        Keyboard and Indicator Test 5-3
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        National Standards 1-3
        
        O
        
        Option 01 (Antenna) 7-6
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        Safety Instructions 2-2
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 2: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

II

4031 600 12001 Rev 05 May 2017

copy 2017 Pendulum Instruments Altaria Services

Table of Contents

Introduction 2-2

Unpacking 2-3

Installation 2-4

Supply Voltage 2-4

Power Switch 2-4

Rear Panel 3-3

User Interface 3-4

Requirements 4-2

Versions 4-2

Installation 4-2

Main Features 4-2

Preparations 5-2

Rear Panel IO 5-3

Fan Replacement 6-3

Options 7-4

9 Index

III

GENERAL INFORMATION

Warranty

shipment

Front Panel Design

formative reasons

IV

ENTER

1 PPS OUTPUTTTL

Chapter 1

Preface

Introduction

standards

standard

Optional IO Boards

7901can be mounted

such option

MHz and 01 MHz

nization

applications

levels

1-2

Preface

SatelliteReceiver

LocalOscillator

(VCO)

Two Operating Modes

oscillator

Portability

powered

also practicable

Stationary Use

Overall Accuracy

etc)

1-3

Preface

1-4

Preface

Chapter 2

Preparation for Use

Safety Instructions

Safety Precautions

be observed

other property

jury

Symbols

screw

chassis

sult the manual

doing as follows

further operation

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 3: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Table of Contents

Introduction 2-2

Unpacking 2-3

Installation 2-4

Supply Voltage 2-4

Power Switch 2-4

Rear Panel 3-3

User Interface 3-4

Requirements 4-2

Versions 4-2

Installation 4-2

Main Features 4-2

Preparations 5-2

Rear Panel IO 5-3

Fan Replacement 6-3

Options 7-4

9 Index

III

GENERAL INFORMATION

Warranty

shipment

Front Panel Design

formative reasons

IV

ENTER

1 PPS OUTPUTTTL

Chapter 1

Preface

Introduction

standards

standard

Optional IO Boards

7901can be mounted

such option

MHz and 01 MHz

nization

applications

levels

1-2

Preface

SatelliteReceiver

LocalOscillator

(VCO)

Two Operating Modes

oscillator

Portability

powered

also practicable

Stationary Use

Overall Accuracy

etc)

1-3

Preface

1-4

Preface

Chapter 2

Preparation for Use

Safety Instructions

Safety Precautions

be observed

other property

jury

Symbols

screw

chassis

sult the manual

doing as follows

further operation

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 4: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

GENERAL INFORMATION

Warranty

shipment

Front Panel Design

formative reasons

IV

ENTER

1 PPS OUTPUTTTL

Chapter 1

Preface

Introduction

standards

standard

Optional IO Boards

7901can be mounted

such option

MHz and 01 MHz

nization

applications

levels

1-2

Preface

SatelliteReceiver

LocalOscillator

(VCO)

Two Operating Modes

oscillator

Portability

powered

also practicable

Stationary Use

Overall Accuracy

etc)

1-3

Preface

1-4

Preface

Chapter 2

Preparation for Use

Safety Instructions

Safety Precautions

be observed

other property

jury

Symbols

screw

chassis

sult the manual

doing as follows

further operation

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 5: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 1

Preface

Introduction

standards

standard

Optional IO Boards

7901can be mounted

such option

MHz and 01 MHz

nization

applications

levels

1-2

Preface

SatelliteReceiver

LocalOscillator

(VCO)

Two Operating Modes

oscillator

Portability

powered

also practicable

Stationary Use

Overall Accuracy

etc)

1-3

Preface

1-4

Preface

Chapter 2

Preparation for Use

Safety Instructions

Safety Precautions

be observed

other property

jury

Symbols

screw

chassis

sult the manual

doing as follows

further operation

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Introduction

standards

standard

Optional IO Boards

7901can be mounted

such option

MHz and 01 MHz

nization

applications

levels

1-2

Preface

SatelliteReceiver

LocalOscillator

(VCO)

Two Operating Modes

oscillator

Portability

powered

also practicable

Stationary Use

Overall Accuracy

etc)

1-3

Preface

1-4

Preface

Chapter 2

Preparation for Use

Safety Instructions

Safety Precautions

be observed

other property

jury

Symbols

screw

chassis

sult the manual

doing as follows

further operation

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 7: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Two Operating Modes

oscillator

Portability

powered

also practicable

Stationary Use

Overall Accuracy

etc)

1-3

Preface

1-4

Preface

Chapter 2

Preparation for Use

Safety Instructions

Safety Precautions

be observed

other property

jury

Symbols

screw

chassis

sult the manual

doing as follows

further operation

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 8: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

1-4

Preface

Chapter 2

Preparation for Use

Safety Instructions

Safety Precautions

be observed

other property

jury

Symbols

screw

chassis

sult the manual

doing as follows

further operation

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 9: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 2

Preparation for Use

Safety Instructions

Safety Precautions

be observed

other property

jury

Symbols

screw

chassis

sult the manual

doing as follows

further operation

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 10: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Safety Instructions

Safety Precautions

be observed

other property

jury

Symbols

screw

chassis

sult the manual

doing as follows

further operation

2-2 Introduction

Preparation for Use

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 11: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Unpacking

Check List

ndash A line cord

cationrdquo below

rate boxes

Identification

area designated

tery for GPS-12(R)

and GPS-12RG

the area designated

Preparation for Use

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 12: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Installation

Supply Voltage

Setting

put line voltage

+12 V

Fuse

ter

Grounding

met

2-4 Supply Voltage

Preparation for Use

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 13: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

instrument

Fan Control

perature

RackmountAdapter

4 screws M5 x 8

4 screws M6 x 8

can cause death

Preparation for Use

able bench-top use

hardware

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 14: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

from the instrument

See Figure 2-4

them from the cover

screws (B)

rear

feet

See Figure 2-4

in Figure 2-6

rack

the two brackets

Preparation for Use

the cover

cover

on the counter

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 15: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

manual

Preparation for Use

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 16: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

cling

regulations

Preparation for Use

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 17: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 3

Using the Controls

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 18: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Front Panel

3-2 Front Panel

POWER ON STANDBY

mode

ROW key

2 x 2048 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz or

2 x 1544 MHz + 1 x 1 pps 10 MHz

submenu

panel

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 19: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Rear Panel

3-3 Rear Panel

Using the Controls

2048 MHz OUT

2048 Mbps OUT

-48VDC

GPS ANTENNA IN

USB

191125

ALARM GND+12VDC

Antenna cable input

90-265 V

45-440 Hz

USB port for firm-

ware download

from PC

Optional Outputs

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

1 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz + 1 x 1 MHz +

1 x 01 MHz

2 x 2048 MHz +2 x 2048 Mbps

2 x 1544 MHz + 2 x 1544 Mbps

low-noise outputs

Two relay-con-

trolled alarm

loops one for

urgent and one

for non-urgent

situations

See page 3-6

for pin config-

uration

Optional

external DC

power inputs

Fan with automatic

speed control

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 20: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

(510-13

justed

lator)

local oscillators)

cations

User Interface

General Principles

lowing paragraphs

Default Menu

bull Warming up

bull Unlocked

bull Hold-over

Using the Controls

To PC (USB)

1 PPS Output

Output Opt

Microprocessoramp

Memory

IO Option

1 PPS Input

1 PPS Output

10 MHz Output

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 21: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Oscillator Menu

left corner

Mode

GPS-12RG

GNSS Menu

pressing ENTER or

3-5 User Interface

Using the Controls

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 22: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Alarm Menu

ior

Then press ENTER or

alarm

Alarm Outputs

Power Source Menu

tions

3-6 User Interface

Using the Controls

URGENT Pins 8-9

NON-URGENT Pins 1-6

configuration

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 23: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

User Options

Language

bull English

bull Russian ()

module

Display Contrast

Time Format

bull YYYY-MM-DD

bull YYYYMMDD

bull YY-MM-DD

bull YYMMDD

bull DD-MM-YYYY

bull DDMMYYYY

bull DD-MM-YY

bull DDMMYY

bull MMDDYYYY

Time Zone

Front Panel Outputs

About

3-7 User Interface

Using the Controls

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 24: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

3-8 User Interface

Using the Controls

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 25: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 4

GPS-12 Monitor

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 26: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Requirements

Hardware

Software

or 64 bit

later

Versions

Emulator

hardware

ment

User

Registration below

stallation wizard

Prerequisites

changes

Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 27: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

User Mode

Emulator Mode

Cancel

for updates

4-3 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 28: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

4-4 Main Features

GPS-12 Monitor

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 29: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 5

Performance Check

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 30: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

GeneralInformation

tics

nance

Preparations

Power-On Test

20 minutes

Performance Check

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 31: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

equate margins

Front PanelControls

Keyboard Test

Front PanelOutputs

2048 1544 MHz

time

frequency is

2048 1544 MHz plusmn 0002 Hz

1 pps 10 MHz

1 pps

10 MHz

Rear Panel IO

Option 70B

Performance Check

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 32: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Option 71B

Option 72B

(2 x 2048 MHz amp 2 x 2048 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 73B

(4 x 13 MHz)

Option 74B

(2 x 1544 MHz amp 2 x 1544 Mbps)

ndash DC coupling

ndash Trig 75

Single A

Option 77

5-4 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 33: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

instrument

power only

mally

the instrument

utes

Option 78HS only

ment

power only

half an hour

Both Options

mally

half an hour

Option 7901

2 x 10 MHz out)

1 pps In

5-5 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 34: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

1 pps Out

10 MHz Out

Alarm Output

Mode

ity)

5-6 Rear Panel IO

Performance Check

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 35: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 6

Preventive

Maintenance

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 36: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Equipment

Setup

counter

the counter

on

dure

Procedure

Input A and Input B

001 Hz

terval A to B

6-2 Calibration

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 37: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

TINGS menu

ndash Press RESTART

f = TIE 100

Hold-over

ndash Wait 24 h

is 4031 100 67190

6-3 Fan Replacement

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 38: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 39: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 7

Specifications

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 40: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Stability

Locked to GNSS

7-2 Stability

Specifications

( = 24 h) lt5times10-12

lt2times10-12

lt1times10-12

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Phase noise dBcHz

10 Hz lt-120 lt-95 lt-125

100 Hz lt-130 lt-125 lt-135

1 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

10 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

100 kHz lt-140 lt-140 lt-145

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 41: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Hold-Over

1 pps Output

7-3 Stability

Specifications

Agingmonth3

lt15times10-9

lt5times10-11

Agingyear3

lt1times10-8

lt2times10-10

lt5times10-10

lt2times10-10

lt1times10-10

( = 100 s) lt2times10-11

lt5times10-12

lt3times10-12

( 10 s) lt2times10-11

lt1times10-11

lt2times10-11

Jitter4

rel to UTC5

or GPS6

Accuracy4

vs UTC5

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 42: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Connector

type

Frequency 1

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

Frequency 2

Output level

Pulse width

Freq stability

2 x 2048 MHz alt

2 x 1544 MHz

(user selectable)

in 75 (G70310)

See table on p 7-3

1 x 1 pps 10 Mpps

(user selectable)

Appr 10 micros

GPS-12RG)

Appr 133 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12R)

Appr 100 micros

(1 pps amp GPS-12)

Alarm Outputs

Connector

type

Signal coding

Max switching

voltage

Max switching

current

non-urgent alarm

60 VDC

200 mA

Options

Option 70B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Option 71B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

BNC

10 5 1 and 01 MHz

Option 72B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

2048 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

2048 Mbps

BNC

2 x 2048 MHz +

2 x 2048 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

7-4 Options

Specifications

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 43: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Connector

type

Frequencies

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

BNC

4 x 13 MHz

(See also Note 2 on

page 7-7)

lt001 UI

Option 74B Outputs

Connector

type

Frequencies

1544 MHz

Output level

Freq stability

Jitter

1544 Mbps

BNC

2 x 1544 MHz +

2 x 1544 Mbps

in 75 (G70310)

lt001 UI

(G703)

Option 77

Connector

type

Voltage

3-pin power D-sub

-48 VDC plusmn 10

Battery type

Operation time

Standby time

Lo bat alarm

Charging time

External DC

Supply

Connector

type

NiMH 168 V 23 Ah

gt2 h1

or gt3 h2

gt25 h3

or gt5 h4

When 5-10 min left

113 - 18 V 5 - 21 A

larity

3-pin power D-sub

Notes 1

2

3

4

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

Opt 78HS

Opt 78

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

GPS-12RHS amp

GPS-12RG

GPS-12R

GPS-12

3 Internal battery

connected

7-5 Options

Specifications

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 44: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Option 7901

Disciplining Input

Connector

type

Outputs

Input

10 MHz

output level

1 pps

output level

1 pps

input level

Freq stability

BNC

2 x 10 MHz + 1 x 1 pps

Square wave TTL

Controls

User Interface

Power

Secondary STBY key

LED Indicator

Standby

Mode

Power ON

Mode

ON

OFF

GNSS Receiver

Trimble

IRZ

MNP-M3 [GPS-12RG]

Antenna

connector

Power out

Channels

Trimble

IRZ

Carrier code

Type N female

+5 V 01 A on center

amplifiers

L1 CA

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Height

Weight

Gain

Connector

-40C to +70C

81 mm (32rdquo)

230 g (8 oz)

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Operating tem-

perature

Dimensions

Gain

Connector

active combined

GLONASSGPS L1 band

-40C to +85C

100 x 45 mm

gt30 dB

TNC

Type

Length

Connectors

Attenuation

Cable delay

RG213

20 m 50 m amp 130 m

approx

04 dBm 16 GHz

approx 505 nsm

7-6 Options

Specifications

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 45: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

PC Connection

Interface

Connector

Purpose

USB 11

USB type B female

toring and control

Fan

Display

320 x 97 pixels

Notes

Environmental Data

Temperature

Humidity

Altitude

Vibration

Shock

Safety

EMI

95 RH 0degC+30degC

lt12000 m (storage)

3G 55 Hz per

Style D

Half-sine 40G per

Compliant with CE

EN61326-1 (1997) A1

(1998) A2 (2001) A3

(2003) EN55022B

EN50082-2

WxHxD

Weight

210 x 108 x 395 mm

ping 41 kg (88 lbs)

(excl batteries)

Power Consumption

Line voltage

Line frequency

Power

GPS-12

GPS-12R(G)

90264 V

45440 Hz

lt40 W at warm-up

lt60 W at warm-up

7-7 Options

Specifications

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

OrderingInformation

GPS-12

GPS-12R

GPS-12RHS

GPS-12RG

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Receiver for GPS

2 x 2048 1544 MHz +

+ 3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

Opt 70B1

Opt 71B

Opt 72B

Opt 73B2

Opt 74B

Opt 77

Opt 783

Opt 78HS4

Opt 7901

3 x 10 MHz + 1 x 5 MHz

outputs

01 + 1 + 5 + 10 MHz outp

2 x 2048 MHz +

4 x 13 MHz outputs

2 x 1544 MHz +

outputs

Notes 1

2

3

4

and the GPS-12RG

Not GPS-12RG

GPS-12(R)

18 months warranty

Specifications

Options

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 47: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Option 2290

Option 27

Option 27H

Option 2912

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

Option 02

Option 0250

Option 02130

Option 9010

Option 9000

Option 9503

Option 9505

Option OM-12

Soft carrying case

case

Monitoring SW

GPS only antenna

GLONASSGPS antenna

Antenna cable 20 m

Antenna cable 50 m

Antenna cable 130 m

with protocol

Hold-over agingweek

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 48: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Specifications

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 49: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 8

Appendix

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 50: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

AntennaInstallation

Introduction

Option 0100

Option 0190

Option 0150

fem connector

or pole mounting

0220) 50 m (Opt 0250) and

other

height above ground

tionary

Appendix

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 51: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

amplifiers

apparent ones

the antenna

General Principles

Standard (RG-213)

Low loss (LMR400)

Approx 40 dB

Approx 17 dB

Appendix

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 52: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

teristics

Antenna gain

Guard band

the receiver input

+36 dB (option 01)

plusmn3 dB

+11dB hellip +33 dB

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

- guard band

+ antenna gain

- total attenuation

+ guard band

+11 dB +33 dB

Case Classification

400 or equivalent

be less than 2 dB

strikes needed

ceeds

15 m

Appendix

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 53: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

culations

Example 1

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

52 m (5 m indoors)

yes

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+11 dB (36-22-3)

Example 2

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

55 m (50 m indoors)

no

snow and ice

Solution

mental conditions

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

-6 dB

-22 dB (-55 040)

-3 dB

+5 dB (36-6-22-3)

Appendix

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 54: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Antenna gain

Harsh weather

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

- 6 dB

-9 dB (-55 017)

-3 dB

+18 dB (36-6-9-3)

range

Example 3

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

no

normal

Solution

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Total gain

+36 dB

+20 dB

-22 dB (-130 017)

+3 dB

+37 dB (36+20-22+3)

problem

is not compulsory

Example 4

Requirements

Cable length

Lightning arrester

Climatic conditions

325 m (120 m in-

doors)

yes

snow and ice

Solution

gives

Antenna gain

Amplifier gain

Cable loss

Guard band

Harsh weather

Total gain

+36 dB

+40 dB (+20 +20)

-55 dB (-325 017)

-3 dB

-6 dB

+12 dB

(36+40-55-6-3)

in this way

Appendix

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 55: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

matic conditions

Coaxial Cables

through this cable

Coaxial Adapters

dards

midity

Line Amplifiers

essary

cable is used

Power Splitters

ers

Attenuators

available

Lightning Arresters

ning arrester

Appendix

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 56: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

function

Mounting Masts

mental influence

gear

ing

Appendix

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 57: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 9

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 58: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Index

1 pps Offset 3-5

20481544 MHz Check 5-3

AAlarm Menu 3-6

Antenna Delay 3-5

Deviations 8-3

Interference 8-3

Location 8-2

Appendix 8-1

Attenuators 8-7

BBasic Controls 3-2

CCalibration 6-2

Check List 2-3

Coaxial Cables 8-7

Controls 7-6

DDefault Menu 3-4

Default Mode 1-3

FFan 7-7

Fan Control 2-5

Fan Replacement 6-3

9-2

Index

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 59: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Front Panel 3-2

GGNSS Menu 3-5

GNSS Receiver 7-6

GPS-12 Monitor 4-2

Hold-over Mode 1-3

IIdentification 2-3

Installation 2-4

Introduction 1-2

LLanguage 3-7

LED Indicator 7-6

Line Amplifiers 8-7

MMounting Masts 8-8

Option 70B

Check 5-3

Option 71B

10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 72B

2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4

Check 5-4

Option 73B

4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 74B

2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Option 77

-48 VDC (spec) 7-5

Check 5-4

Check 5-5

Option 7901

Check 5-5

Options 7-4

Oscillator Menu 3-5

PPC Connection 7-7

9-3

Index

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 60: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Power Splitters 8-7

Power Switch 2-4

Power-On Test 5-2

Preface 1-1

Rear Panel 3-3

Specifications 7-1

Stability (spec)

1 pps Output 7-3

Frequency

Hold-over 7-3

Locked to GNSS 7-2

Supply Voltage 2-4

Symbols 2-2

TTime Format 3-7

Time Zone 3-7

UUnpacking 2-3

User Interface 3-4

User Options 3-7

9-4

Index

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 61: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

Chapter 10

Service

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Page 62: GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency standards GPS-12(R) and the GLONASS/GPS-con-trolledfrequencystandardGPS-12RGdelivera

II

PhoneFax

+48 (58) 681 89 01+48 (58) 684 86 49

Table of Contents
- 1 Preface
      - Introduction 2-2
        
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        4 GPS-12 Monitor
        
        
        Requirements 4-2
        
        Versions 4-2
        
        Installation 4-2
        
        Main Features 4-2
        
        5 Performance Check
        
        
        Preparations 5-2
        
        
        
        Rear Panel IO 5-3
        
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        7 Specifications
        
        Stability 7-2
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        8 Appendix
        
        
        9 Index
        
        10 Service
        
        
        Index
        
        
        1 pps Offset 3-5
        
        20481544 MHz Check 5-3
        
        A
        
        Alarm Menu 3-6
        
        
        
        
        
        Antenna Delay 3-5
        
        
        
        
        Deviations 8-3
        
        Interference 8-3
        
        Location 8-2
        
        
        
        Appendix 8-1
        
        Attenuators 8-7
        
        
        B
        
        Basic Controls 3-2
        
        
        C
        
        Calibration 6-2
        
        
        Check List 2-3
        
        
        Coaxial Cables 8-7
        
        
        Controls 7-6
        
        D
        
        Default Menu 3-4
        
        Default Mode 1-3
        
        
        
        E
        
        
        
        
        F
        
        Fan 7-7
        
        Fan Control 2-5
        
        Fan Replacement 6-3
        
        
        Front Panel 3-2
        
        
        
        
        G
        
        GNSS Menu 3-5
        
        GNSS Receiver 7-6
        
        GPS-12 Monitor 4-2
        
        H
        
        
        Hold-over Mode 1-3
        
        I
        
        Identification 2-3
        
        
        Installation 2-4
        
        
        Introduction 1-2
        
        K
        
        
        L
        
        Language 3-7
        
        LED Indicator 7-6
        
        
        Line Amplifiers 8-7
        
        
        M
        
        Mounting Masts 8-8
        
        
        N
        
        
        O
        
        
        
        Option 70B
        
        
        Check 5-3
        
        Option 71B
        
        10 5 1 01 MHz (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 72B
        
        2x2048 MHz + 2x2048 Mbps (spec) 7-4
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 73B
        
        4 x 13 MHz (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 74B
        
        2x1544 MHz + 2x1544 Mbps (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        Option 77
        
        -48 VDC (spec) 7-5
        
        Check 5-4
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        Option 7901
        
        
        Check 5-5
        
        
        
        Options 7-4
        
        
        
        Oscillator Menu 3-5
        
        P
        
        PC Connection 7-7
        
        
        
        
        Power Splitters 8-7
        
        Power Switch 2-4
        
        Power-On Test 5-2
        
        
        Preface 1-1
        
        
        
        R
        
        
        Rear Panel 3-3
        
        
        
        
        S
        
        
        Specifications 7-1
        
        Stability (spec)
        
        1 pps Output 7-3
        
        Frequency
        
        Hold-over 7-3
        
        Locked to GNSS 7-2
        
        
        Supply Voltage 2-4
        
        Symbols 2-2
        
        T
        
        Time Format 3-7
        
        Time Zone 3-7
        
        U
        
        Unpacking 2-3
        
        User Interface 3-4
        
        User Options 3-7

Date post:	24-Jun-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	51 times
Download:	0 times

GPS-12, GPS-12R, GPS-12R/HS & GPS-12RG GPS & GLONASS / GPS ... · The GPS-controlled frequency...

Documents